cloudflared-mirror/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go

31335 lines
1.1 MiB
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
package s3
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/checksum"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/internal/arn"
)
const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload"
// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAbortMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted,
// no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed
// by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads
// are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed.
// As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple
// times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
//
// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for
// the part storage, you should call the ListParts operation and ensure that
// the parts list is empty.
//
// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload"
// The specified multipart upload does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload"
// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
//
// You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the
// UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of
// an upload, you call this operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving
// this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by
// part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request,
// you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete.
// This operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each
// part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned
// after that part was uploaded.
//
// Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes
// to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP
// response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in
// progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the
// connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial
// 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response
// body to determine whether the request succeeded.
//
// Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared
// to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best
// Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html).
//
// For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using
// Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:
//
// * Error code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller
// than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB
// in size, except the last part. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts
// could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified
// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not
// in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part
// number. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload
// does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload
// might have been aborted or completed. 404 Not Found
//
// The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyObject = "CopyObject"
// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyObject,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyObjectInput{}
}
output = &CopyObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
//
// You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a
// copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic operation using
// this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the
// multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object
// Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html).
//
// All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read
// access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For
// more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html).
// Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that
// you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.
//
// A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request
// or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy
// operation starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs
// during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response.
// This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
// Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about
// the copied object.
//
// If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If
// it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need
// to read the entire body.
//
// The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you
// specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3
// pricing (https://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/).
//
// Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If
// you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you
// get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).
//
// Metadata
//
// When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify
// new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for
// the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify
// a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using
// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
//
// To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object
// or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add
// the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can
// use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata
// behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying
// Conditions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific
// condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html).
//
// x-amz-copy-source-if Headers
//
// To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag
// matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date,
// use the following request parameters:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-match
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since
//
// If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns
// 200 OK and copies the data:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false
//
// If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since
// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns
// the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true
//
// All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be
// signed.
//
// Encryption
//
// The source object that you are copying can be encrypted or unencrypted. The
// source object can be encrypted with server-side encryption using AWS managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or by using a customer-provided encryption
// key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes
// it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it.
//
// You can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to request
// server-side encryption for the target object. You have the option to provide
// your own encryption key or use SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS, regardless of the form
// of server-side encryption that was used to encrypt the source object. You
// can even request encryption if the source object was not encrypted. For more
// information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).
//
// Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based
// permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full
// access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual
// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions
// are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access
// Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).
//
// Storage Class Options
//
// You can use the CopyObject operation to change the storage class of an object
// that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For
// more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object
// to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as
// if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId
// subresource.
//
// If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique
// version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from
// the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of
// the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.
//
// If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version
// ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
//
// If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy
// of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation.
// For more information, see .
//
// The following operations are related to CopyObject:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * GetObject
//
// For more information, see Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
// The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is
// only stored in Amazon S3 Glacier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket"
// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateBucket,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateBucketInput{}
}
output = &CreateBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3
// and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests
// are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the
// bucket owner.
//
// Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information on bucket
// naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html).
//
// By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You
// can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region
// to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements.
// For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous
// to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see
// How to Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).
//
// If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint,
// the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations
// in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location
// constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to
// be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia),
// your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information,
// see Virtual Hosting of Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html).
//
// When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the
// accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.
// There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request
// headers.
//
// * Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see
// Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write,
// x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control
// headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports
// in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You
// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the
// following: id if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an
// AWS account uri if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
// emailAddress if the value specified is the email address of an AWS
// account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in
// the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to
// read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333",
// id="444455556666"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists"
// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
// by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
//
// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"
// The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3
// returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia Region.
// For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already
// own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the
// bucket access control lists (ACLs).
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload"
// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This
// upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart
// upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part
// requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request
// to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.
//
// For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html).
//
// If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads,
// the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket
// lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes
// eligible for an abort operation and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload
// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests.
// You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts,
// and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually.
// There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more
// information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version
// 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).
//
// After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop
// being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or
// abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the
// parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete
// or abort a multipart upload.
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption,
// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers
// and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key,
// or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or
// Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption
// key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart) and UploadPartCopy) requests
// must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by
// using CreateMultipartUpload.
//
// To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester
// must have permission to the kms:Encrypt, kms:Decrypt, kms:ReEncrypt*, kms:GenerateDataKey*,
// and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because
// Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before
// it completes the multipart upload.
//
// If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same
// AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the
// key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than
// the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your
// IAM user or role.
//
// For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).
//
// Access Permissions
//
// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups
// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are
// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters
// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more
// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers
//
// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side
// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon
// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts
// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to
// use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.
//
// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs)
// stored in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) If you want AWS to
// manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in
// the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms,
// but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon
// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and
// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make
// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information about server-side
// encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data
// Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).
//
// * Use customer-provided encryption keys If you want to manage your
// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 For more information
// about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see
// Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).
//
// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// You also can use the following access controlrelated headers with this
// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access
// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual
// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions
// are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information,
// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following
// two methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined
// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees
// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access
// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers.
// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an
// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission.
// To grant permissions explicitly, use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write
// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You
// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the
// following: id if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an
// AWS account uri if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
// emailAddress if the value specified is the email address of an AWS
// account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in
// the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to
// read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333",
// id="444455556666"
//
// The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket"
// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucket,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete
// markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors"
// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources:
//
// *
//
// * RESTOPTIONSobject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption"
// DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the DELETE operation removes default encryption from
// the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature,
// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketEncryption
//
// * GetBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
// the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).
//
// Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle"
// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3
// removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource
// associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer
// automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the
// deleted lifecycle configuration.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others.
//
// There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is
// fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.
//
// For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe
// Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions).
//
// Related actions include:
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics
// (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this
// doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy"
// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the DELETE operation uses the policy subresource to
// delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other
// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity
// must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and
// belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403
// Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not
// using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns
// a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// UserPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication"
// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it
// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related
// to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully
// propagate.
//
// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:
//
// * PutBucketReplication
//
// * GetBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging"
// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the tags from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
//
// * GetBucketTagging
//
// * PutBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite"
// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3
// returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration
// on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration
// you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns
// a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
//
// This DELETE operation requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By
// default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached
// to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete
// the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite
// permission.
//
// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon
// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
//
// * GetBucketWebsite
//
// * PutBucketWebsite
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject"
// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObject,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete
// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a
// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
//
// To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use
// the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the
// version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response
// header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.
//
// If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning
// configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request
// header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must
// use HTTPS.
//
// For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html).
// To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete).
//
// You can delete objects by explicitly calling the DELETE Object API or configure
// its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for
// you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects
// from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion,
// and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
//
// The following operation is related to DeleteObject:
//
// * PutObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging"
// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information
// about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging
// action.
//
// To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter
// in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging
// action.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * PutObjectTagging
//
// * GetObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects"
// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObjects,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectsInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using
// a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete,
// then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual
// delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
//
// The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In
// the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if
// you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled
// bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the
// result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if
// the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result
// as deleted.
//
// The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By
// default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the
// result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response
// includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a
// successful deletion, the operation does not return any information about
// the delete in the response body.
//
// When performing this operation on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts
// to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do
// not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned
// objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether
// there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete
// request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete).
//
// Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
// Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not
// been altered in transit.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeletePublicAccessBlock = "DeletePublicAccessBlock"
// DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeletePublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use
// this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission.
// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket
// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetBucketPolicyStatus
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation uses the accelerate subresource
// to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled
// or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that
// enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled
// or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
//
// A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that
// has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration
// state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
//
// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl"
// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAcl,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAclInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation uses the acl subresource to return
// the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of
// the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission
// is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without
// using an authorization header.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation returns an analytics configuration
// (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors"
// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it
// to others.
//
// For more information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
//
// * PutBucketCors
//
// * DeleteBucketCors
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption"
// GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For
// information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3
// Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:
//
// * PutBucketEncryption
//
// * DeleteBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration
// ID) from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle"
// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.
// If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should
// see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward
// compatibility.
//
// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information
// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle
// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle:
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketLifecycle
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using
// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both.
// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes
// the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. If you are still using previous version
// of the lifecycle configuration, it works. For the earlier API description,
// see GetBucketLifecycle.
//
// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information
// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle
// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketLifecycle
//
// * PutBucketLifecycle
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation"
// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLocation,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLocationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using
// the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more
// information, see CreateBucket.
//
// To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging"
// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLogging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to
// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * PutBucketLogging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification"
// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketNotification,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
}
output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration"
// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
}
output = &NotificationConfiguration{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
//
// If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the operation returns an
// empty NotificationConfiguration element.
//
// By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration
// of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission
// to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification
// permission.
//
// For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration
// on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetBucketNotification:
//
// * PutBucketNotification
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy"
// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other
// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity
// must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong
// to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access
// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an
// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a
// 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetBucketPolicy:
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketPolicyStatus = "GetBucketPolicyStatus"
// GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketPolicyStatus,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policyStatus",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the
// bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus
// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying
// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see
// The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication"
// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.
//
// It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration
// to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete
// can return a wrong result.
//
// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// This operation requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration
// action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies
// and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must
// also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response
// also returns those elements.
//
// For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see ReplicationErrorCodeList
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication:
//
// * PutBucketReplication
//
// * DeleteBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment"
// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version
// of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see
// Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
//
// * ListObjects
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging"
// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchTagSetError Description: There is no tag set associated
// with the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
//
// * PutBucketTagging
//
// * DeleteBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning"
// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketVersioning,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
//
// To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning
// state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an
// authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite"
// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon
// S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration.
// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon
// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// This GET operation requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default,
// only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However,
// bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by
// writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
//
// * DeleteBucketWebsite
//
// * PutBucketWebsite
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObject = "GetObject"
// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObject,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to
// the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return
// the object without using an authorization header.
//
// An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in
// a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy
// by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead
// of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg.
//
// To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name
// for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example,
// if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource
// as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if
// you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket,
// specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For
// more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket).
//
// To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by
// using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html).
// For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl.
//
// If the object you are retrieving is stored in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE
// storage classes, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore
// a copy using . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectStateError
// error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html).
//
// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not
// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, youll
// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
//
// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when
// you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
//
// Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging
// action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides
// the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging
// to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
//
// Permissions
//
// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends
// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
//
// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will
// return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.
//
// * If you dont have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return
// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, the GET operation returns the current version of an object. To
// return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves
// as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the
// response.
//
// For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.
//
// Overriding Response Header Values
//
// There are times when you want to override certain response header values
// in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition
// response header value in your GET request.
//
// You can override values for a set of response headers using the following
// query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful
// request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers
// you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon
// S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override
// for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control,
// Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values
// in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
//
// You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned
// URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous)
// request.
//
// * response-content-type
//
// * response-content-language
//
// * response-expires
//
// * response-cache-control
//
// * response-content-disposition
//
// * response-content-encoding
//
// Additional Considerations about Request Headers
//
// If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the
// request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since
// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
//
// If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in
// the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since
// condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
//
// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).
//
// The following operations are related to GetObject:
//
// * ListBuckets
//
// * GetObjectAcl
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl"
// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectAcl,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectAclInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation,
// you must have READ_ACP access to the object.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object.
// To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectLegalHold = "GetObjectLegalHold"
// GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectLegalHold,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectLockConfiguration = "GetObjectLockConfiguration"
// GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectLockConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the
// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object
// placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectRetention = "GetObjectRetention"
// GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectRetention,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectRetentionInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectRetentionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging"
// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging
// subresource associated with the object.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging
// action. By default, the GET operation returns information about current version
// of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an
// object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId
// query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging
// action.
//
// By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission
// to others.
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetObjectTagging:
//
// * PutObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent"
// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectTorrent,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Return torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when
// you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see
// Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html).
//
// You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size and
// that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption key.
//
// To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
//
// The following operation is related to GetObjectTorrent:
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetPublicAccessBlock = "GetPublicAccessBlock"
// GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetPublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &GetPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To
// use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission.
// For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions
// in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket
// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the
// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account.
// If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the
// account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level
// and account-level settings.
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object
// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket"
// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opHeadBucket,
HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &HeadBucketInput{}
}
output = &HeadBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission
// to access it. The operation returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you
// have permission to access it. Otherwise, the operation might return responses
// such as 404 Not Found and 403 Forbidden.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opHeadObject = "HeadObject"
// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opHeadObject,
HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &HeadObjectInput{}
}
output = &HeadObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the
// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's
// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
//
// A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The
// response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response
// body.
//
// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when
// you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
//
// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not
// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, youll
// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
//
// Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common
// Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html).
//
// Consider the following when using request headers:
//
// * Consideration 1 If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since
// headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates
// to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; Then Amazon
// S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
//
// * Consideration 2 If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since
// headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition
// evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;
// Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.
//
// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).
//
// Permissions
//
// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends
// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
//
// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.
//
// * If you dont have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.
//
// The following operation is related to HeadObject:
//
// * GetObject
//
// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses
// for more information on returned errors.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations"
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000
// analytics configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element
// in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated
// is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is
// set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use
// the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by
// passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:
//
// * GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations"
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up
// to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response.
// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false.
// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and
// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken
// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token
// in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html)
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations"
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations
// are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information
// on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response.
// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false.
// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and
// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken
// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token
// in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request
// metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets"
// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBuckets,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads"
// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListMultipartUploads,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxUploads",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{}
}
output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart
// upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart
// Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
//
// This operation returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000
// multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include,
// which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads
// in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If
// additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will
// contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional
// multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters.
//
// In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated
// more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in
// the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in
// ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart
// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions"
// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjectVersions,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{}
}
output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. You can
// also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about
// a subset of all the object versions.
//
// A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your
// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
//
// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
//
// * ListObjectsV2
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjects = "ListObjects"
// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjects,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectsInput{}
}
output = &ListObjectsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure
// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// This API has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2,
// when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues
// to support ListObjects.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjects:
//
// * ListObjectsV2
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * ListBuckets
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2"
// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjectsV2,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectsV2Input{}
}
output = &ListObjectsV2Output{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure
// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
//
// To use this operation in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy,
// you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket
// owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket
// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// This section describes the latest revision of the API. We recommend that
// you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility,
// Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects.
//
// To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListParts = "ListParts"
// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListParts,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxParts",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListPartsInput{}
}
output = &ListPartsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
// This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the
// initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload). This request
// returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned
// is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying
// the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more
// than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value
// of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests
// you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its
// value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart
// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListParts:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListParts for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListPartsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer
// Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster
// data transfers to Amazon S3.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following
// two values:
//
// * Enabled Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
//
// * Suspended Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
//
// The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation returns the transfer acceleration
// state of a bucket.
//
// After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it
// might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket
// increase.
//
// The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant
// and must not contain periods (".").
//
// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl"
// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAcl,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAclInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL).
// For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
// To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission.
//
// You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
//
// * Specify the ACL in the request body
//
// * Specify permissions using request headers
//
// You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request
// headers.
//
// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket
// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an
// existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then
// you can continue to use that approach.
//
// Access Permissions
//
// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name
// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other
// access control-specific headers in your request. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using
// these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS
// accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you
// use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to
// set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that
// Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control
// List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of
// the following: id if the value specified is the canonical user ID
// of an AWS account uri if you are granting permissions to a predefined
// group emailAddress if the value specified is the email address of
// an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported
// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-write
// header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery
// group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their
// email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery",
// id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName>
// </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
//
// * By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
//
// * By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>lt;/Grantee>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses
// to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US
// East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific
// (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland)
// South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions
// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * GetObjectAcl
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per
// bucket.
//
// You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent
// to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element.
// Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure.
// When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional
// destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to
// a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket
// must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics
// configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics Storage
// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported
// file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the
// bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory
// and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Special Errors
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid
// argument.
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause:
// You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached
// the 1,000-configuration limit.
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not
// the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors"
// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists,
// Amazon S3 replaces it.
//
// To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it
// to others.
//
// You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin
// requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is
// http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com
// by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
//
// To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors
// subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which
// you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be
// executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
//
// When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request)
// against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses
// the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable
// a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must
// be met:
//
// * The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
//
// * The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method
// header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod
// elements.
//
// * Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request
// header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
//
// For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketCors
//
// * DeleteBucketCors
//
// * RESTOPTIONSobject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption"
// PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation uses the encryption subresource
// to set the default encryption state of an existing bucket.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation sets default encryption for a bucket
// using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys SSE-S3 or AWS KMS
// customer master keys (CMKs) (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3
// default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html).
//
// This operation requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see
// Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketEncryption
//
// * DeleteBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation adds an inventory configuration
// (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000
// inventory configurations per bucket.
//
// Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on
// a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The
// bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where
// the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination
// bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket.
//
// When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination
// bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate
// the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata
// to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions.
// For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions
// to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For
// an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage
// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Special Errors
//
// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
//
// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are
// attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the
// 1,000-configuration limit.
//
// * HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner
// of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle"
// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.
// This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will
// work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.
//
// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing
// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see
// Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related
// subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration)
// are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource,
// can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions
// to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get
// the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
//
// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes
// any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing
// or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for
// the following actions:
//
// * s3:DeleteObject
//
// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion
//
// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
//
// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to
// your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA
// or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// *
//
// * By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is
// the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations.
// A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation.
// For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Simple Storage
// Service Developer Guide: Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing
// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see
// Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using
// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both.
// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version
// of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which
// is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description,
// see PutBucketLifecycle.
//
// Rules
//
// You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle
// configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule
// consists of the following:
//
// * Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The
// filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination
// of both.
//
// * Status whether the rule is in effect.
//
// * One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want
// Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state
// of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can
// have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or
// more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that
// you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
//
// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html).
//
// Permissions
//
// By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects,
// and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website
// configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created
// it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access
// permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a
// user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
//
// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any
// other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or
// deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the
// following actions:
//
// * s3:DeleteObject
//
// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion
//
// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
//
// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to
// Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
//
// * Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html)
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging"
// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLogging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who
// can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets
// in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of
// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use
// the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions
// request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName>
// </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
//
// * By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
//
// * By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
//
// To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements.
// To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
//
// <BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" />
//
// For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html).
//
// For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more
// information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging.
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * GetBucketLogging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket.
// If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a
// full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include
// the elements you want to keep, they are erased.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description: You are attempting to
// create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration
// limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification"
// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketNotification,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration"
// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information
// about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
//
// Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The
// configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon
// S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an
// event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
//
// By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the
// notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.
//
// <NotificationConfiguration>
//
// </NotificationConfiguration>
//
// This operation replaces the existing notification configuration with the
// configuration you include in the request body.
//
// After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon
// Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
// SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish
// to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations,
// Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission
// to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see
// Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
//
// You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration
// element.
//
// By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket.
// However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other
// users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
//
// The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification
// configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations.
// When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test
// messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT operation
// will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
//
// Responses
//
// If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration
// specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response
// will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message
// ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
//
// The following operation is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy"
// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using
// an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket,
// the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified
// bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access
// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an
// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a
// 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication"
// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more
// information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// To perform this operation, the user or role performing the operation must
// have the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html)
// permission.
//
// Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication
// configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket where you want
// Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to
// replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.
//
// A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain
// a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate
// by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets
// of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. All rules must specify
// the same destination bucket.
//
// To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication
// rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter
// objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both.
// When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the
// following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.
//
// The latest version of the replication configuration XML is V2. XML V2 replication
// configurations are those that contain the Filter element for rules, and rules
// that specify S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). In XML V2 replication
// configurations, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate delete markers. Therefore, you
// must set the DeleteMarkerReplication element to Disabled. For backward compatibility,
// Amazon S3 continues to support the XML V1 replication configuration.
//
// For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html).
//
// By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the
// bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others
// permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
//
// By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using
// server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted
// objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects,
// Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about
// replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html).
//
// For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see ReplicationErrorCodeList
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
//
// * GetBucketReplication
//
// * DeleteBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment"
// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket
// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables
// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download
// will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays
// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * GetBucketRequestPayment
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging"
// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the tags for a bucket.
//
// Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To
// do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included.
// Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information
// according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can
// tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize
// your billing information to see the total cost of that application across
// several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html).
//
// Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag,
// the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost
// Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// PutBucketTagging has the following special errors:
//
// * Error code: InvalidTagError Description: The tag provided was not a
// valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation.
// For information about tag restrictions, see User-Defined Tag Restrictions
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html)
// and AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/aws-tag-restrictions.html).
//
// * Error code: MalformedXMLError Description: The XML provided does not
// match the schema.
//
// * Error code: OperationAbortedError Description: A conflicting conditional
// operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
//
// * Error code: InternalError Description: The service was unable to apply
// the provided tag to the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
//
// * GetBucketTagging
//
// * DeleteBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning"
// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketVersioning,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state,
// you must be the bucket owner.
//
// You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
//
// Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added
// to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
//
// Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects
// added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
//
// If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning
// state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
//
// If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration,
// the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status
// and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state
// of the bucket.
//
// If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket
// and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable
// versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration
// lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions
// in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current
// and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle
// and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * GetBucketVersioning
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite"
// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource.
// To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket
// with website configuration information such as the file name of the index
// document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites
// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// This PUT operation requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default,
// only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however,
// bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing
// a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
//
// To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you
// add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests
// are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name
// for the bucket.
//
// * WebsiteConfiguration
//
// * RedirectAllRequestsTo
//
// * HostName
//
// * Protocol
//
// If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements
// to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and
// information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration
// must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might
// not be redirected.
//
// * WebsiteConfiguration
//
// * IndexDocument
//
// * Suffix
//
// * ErrorDocument
//
// * Key
//
// * RoutingRules
//
// * RoutingRule
//
// * Condition
//
// * HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
//
// * KeyPrefixEquals
//
// * Redirect
//
// * Protocol
//
// * HostName
//
// * ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
//
// * ReplaceKeyWith
//
// * HttpRedirectCode
//
// Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration.
// If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For
// more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObject = "PutObject"
// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObject,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to
// add an object to it.
//
// Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response,
// Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
//
// Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests
// for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object
// written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make
// sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
//
// To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5
// header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the
// provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally,
// you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare
// the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
//
// The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with
// a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information
// about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Server-side Encryption
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption,
// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers
// and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide
// your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys. For more information,
// see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html).
//
// Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects
// are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object,
// you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups
// defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the
// object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).
//
// Storage Class Options
//
// By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD storage class to store newly created
// objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability.
// Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different storage class.
// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.
//
// Versioning
//
// If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates
// a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID
// in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives
// multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all
// of the objects.
//
// For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled
// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html).
// For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CopyObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl"
// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectAcl,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectAclInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions
// for an object that already exists in a bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission
// to set the ACL of an object.
//
// Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an
// object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you
// have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request
// body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access
// Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// Access Permissions
//
// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name
// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other
// access control-specific headers in your request. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using
// these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS
// accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you
// use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set
// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon
// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL)
// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of
// the following: id if the value specified is the canonical user ID
// of an AWS account uri if you are granting permissions to a predefined
// group emailAddress if the value specified is the email address of
// an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported
// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified
// by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com",
// emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName>
// </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
//
// * By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>
//
// * By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
// xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>lt;/Grantee>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses
// to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US
// East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific
// (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland)
// South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions
// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
// Versioning
//
// The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT
// sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different
// version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CopyObject
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectLegalHold = "PutObjectLegalHold"
// PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectLegalHold,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectLockConfiguration = "PutObjectLockConfiguration"
// PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectLockConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified
// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new
// object placed in the specified bucket.
//
// DefaultRetention requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at
// the same time.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectRetention = "PutObjectRetention"
// PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectRetention,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectRetentionInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectRetentionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging"
// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.
//
// A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending
// a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the
// object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information,
// see GetObjectTagging.
//
// For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see
// Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html).
// Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You
// also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: InvalidTagError Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This
// error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information,
// see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// * Code: MalformedXMLError Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.
//
// * Code: OperationAbortedError Cause: A conflicting conditional operation
// is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
//
// * Code: InternalError Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided
// tag to the object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutPublicAccessBlock = "PutPublicAccessBlock"
// PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutPublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &PutPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3
// bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock
// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying
// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket
// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the
// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account.
// If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket
// and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level
// and account-level settings.
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object
// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetBucketPolicyStatus
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject"
// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreObject,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreObjectInput{}
}
output = &RestoreObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
//
// This operation performs the following types of requests:
//
// * select - Perform a select query on an archived object
//
// * restore an archive - Restore an archived object
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Querying Archives with Select Requests
//
// You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects.
// The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be
// formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run
// queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore
// your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests,
// see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// When making a select request, do the following:
//
// * Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be
// an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains
// the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates
// the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify
// the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the
// bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For more information
// about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: PutObject
// Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide Protecting Data Using
// Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide
//
// * Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your
// query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions
// like the following examples. The following expression returns all records
// from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object Assuming that you are
// not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns
// with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 >
// 100 If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure
// in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If
// you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for
// the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.
// SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
//
// For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see
// SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// When making a select request, you can also do the following:
//
// * To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information
// about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
//
// * Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input
// object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded
// query results.
//
// The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
//
// * The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals,
// they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle
// policy.
//
// * You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object.
// Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
//
// * Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been
// restored. A select request doesnt return error response 409.
//
// Restoring Archives
//
// Objects in the GLACIER and DEEP_ARCHIVE storage classes are archived. To
// access an archived object, you must first initiate a restore request. This
// restores a temporary copy of the archived object. In a restore request, you
// specify the number of days that you want the restored copy to exist. After
// the specified period, Amazon S3 deletes the temporary copy but the object
// remains archived in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class that object
// was restored from.
//
// To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you
// don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
//
// The time it takes restore jobs to finish depends on which storage class the
// object is being restored from and which data access tier you specify.
//
// When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify
// one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the
// request body:
//
// * Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data
// stored in the GLACIER storage class when occasional urgent requests for
// a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects
// (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals are typically made
// available within 15 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval
// capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited
// retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for the DEEP_ARCHIVE
// storage class.
//
// * Standard - S3 Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived
// objects within several hours. This is the default option for the GLACIER
// and DEEP_ARCHIVE retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval
// option. S3 Standard retrievals typically complete within 3-5 hours from
// the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 12 hours from
// the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class.
//
// * Bulk - Bulk retrievals are Amazon S3 Glaciers lowest-cost retrieval
// option, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data
// inexpensively in a day. Bulk retrievals typically complete within 5-12
// hours from the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 48
// hours from the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class.
//
// For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity
// for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to
// a faster speed while it is in progress. You upgrade the speed of an in-progress
// restoration by issuing another restore request to the same object, setting
// a new Tier request element. When issuing a request to upgrade the restore
// tier, you must choose a tier that is faster than the tier that the in-progress
// restore is using. You must not change any other parameters, such as the Days
// request element. For more information, see Upgrading the Speed of an In-Progress
// Restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations
// return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration
// status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify
// you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring
// Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period
// by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration
// period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there
// are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when
// Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
//
// If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an
// expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you
// specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy
// for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes
// the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration,
// see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Responses
//
// A successful operation returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
//
// * If the object copy is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns
// 202 Accepted in the response.
//
// * If the object copy is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK
// in the response.
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
// (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.) HTTP Status Code:
// 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: S3 Glacier expedited
// retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if
// there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This
// error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk
// retrievals.) HTTP Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
//
// * SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"
// This operation is not allowed against this storage tier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent"
// SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opSelectObjectContent,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2",
}
if input == nil {
input = &SelectObjectContentInput{}
}
output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream()
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.setStreamCloser)
output.EventStream = es
req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOutputStream)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOnStreamPartClose)
return
}
// SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple
// structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the
// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON,
// CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse
// object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified
// SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the
// response.
//
// For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference
// for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Permissions
//
// You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select
// does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Object Data Formats
//
// You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format
// properties:
//
// * CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
//
// * UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
//
// * GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2.
// GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select
// supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression
// for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object
// compression for Parquet objects.
//
// * Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects
// that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted
// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and
// you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more
// information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For objects that
// are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer
// master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side
// encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything.
// For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and
// SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Working with the Response Body
//
// Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response
// as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked
// as its value in the response. For more information, see RESTSelectObjectAppendix .
//
// GetObject Support
//
// The SelectObjectContent operation does not support the following GetObject
// functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
//
// * Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select
// request (see SelectObjectContentRequest$ScanRange in the request parameters),
// you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
//
// * GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot
// specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes.
// For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html#storage-class-intro)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Special Errors
//
// For a list of special errors for this operation, see SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetObject
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
var _ awserr.Error
// SelectObjectContentEventStream provides the event stream handling for the SelectObjectContent.
//
// For testing and mocking the event stream this type should be initialized via
// the NewSelectObjectContentEventStream constructor function. Using the functional options
// to pass in nested mock behavior.
type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
// Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made
// Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the
// EventStream Reader.
//
// Must not be nil.
Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader
outputReader io.ReadCloser
// StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP
// EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when
// the Close method of the EventStream is called.
StreamCloser io.Closer
done chan struct{}
closeOnce sync.Once
err *eventstreamapi.OnceError
}
// NewSelectObjectContentEventStream initializes an SelectObjectContentEventStream.
// This function should only be used for testing and mocking the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// stream within your application.
//
// The Reader member must be set before reading events from the stream.
//
// The StreamCloser member should be set to the underlying io.Closer,
// (e.g. http.Response.Body), that will be closed when the stream Close method
// is called.
//
// es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(func(o *SelectObjectContentEventStream{
// es.Reader = myMockStreamReader
// es.StreamCloser = myMockStreamCloser
// })
func NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(opts ...func(*SelectObjectContentEventStream)) *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
es := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{
done: make(chan struct{}),
err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(),
}
for _, fn := range opts {
fn(es)
}
return es
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) setStreamCloser(r *request.Request) {
es.StreamCloser = r.HTTPResponse.Body
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOnStreamPartClose(r *request.Request) {
if es.done == nil {
return
}
go es.waitStreamPartClose()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) waitStreamPartClose() {
var outputErrCh <-chan struct{}
if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} }); ok {
outputErrCh = v.ErrorSet()
}
var outputClosedCh <-chan struct{}
if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ Closed() <-chan struct{} }); ok {
outputClosedCh = v.Closed()
}
select {
case <-es.done:
case <-outputErrCh:
es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err())
es.Close()
case <-outputClosedCh:
if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil {
es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err())
}
es.Close()
}
}
// Events returns a channel to read events from.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
// * SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
return es.Reader.Events()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOutputStream(r *request.Request) {
var opts []func(*eventstream.Decoder)
if r.Config.Logger != nil && r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithEventStreamBody) {
opts = append(opts, eventstream.DecodeWithLogger(r.Config.Logger))
}
unmarshalerForEvent := unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent{
metadata: protocol.ResponseMetadata{
StatusCode: r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
RequestID: r.RequestID,
},
}.UnmarshalerForEventName
decoder := eventstream.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body, opts...)
eventReader := eventstreamapi.NewEventReader(decoder,
protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{
Unmarshalers: r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream,
},
unmarshalerForEvent,
)
es.outputReader = r.HTTPResponse.Body
es.Reader = newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader)
}
// Close closes the stream. This will also cause the stream to be closed.
// Close must be called when done using the stream API. Not calling Close
// may result in resource leaks.
//
// You can use the closing of the Reader's Events channel to terminate your
// application's read from the API's stream.
//
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) {
es.closeOnce.Do(es.safeClose)
return es.Err()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() {
if es.done != nil {
close(es.done)
}
es.Reader.Close()
if es.outputReader != nil {
es.outputReader.Close()
}
es.StreamCloser.Close()
}
// Err returns any error that occurred while reading or writing EventStream
// Events from the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors.
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
if err := es.err.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
const opUploadPart = "UploadPart"
// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUploadPart,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UploadPartInput{}
}
output = &UploadPartOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
//
// In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have
// an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for
// the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you
// use the UploadPartCopy operation.
//
// You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you
// can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns
// an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part
// request.
//
// Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number
// uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object
// being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was
// used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each
// part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size
// limit on the last part of your multipart upload.
//
// To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify
// the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part
// data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns
// an error.
//
// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
// you for the parts storage.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the
// Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
//
// For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts
// your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for
// you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption
// key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide
// your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must
// match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using
// CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless
// you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify
// the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need
// to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate
// Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload.
//
// If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption
// key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical
// encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist.
// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been
// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy"
// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUploadPartCopy,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UploadPartCopyInput{}
}
output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You
// specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in
// your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range
// in your request.
//
// The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more
// information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart
// operation and provide data in your request.
//
// You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response
// to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload
// ID, that you must include in your upload part request.
//
// For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:
//
// * For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects
// Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload
// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about copying objects using a single atomic operation
// vs. the multipart upload, see Operations on Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and
// UploadPart.
//
// Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match,
// x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and
// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:
//
// * Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match
// condition evaluates to true, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the
// data.
//
// * Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and
// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request
// as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false,
// and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true;
// Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.
//
// Versioning
//
// If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of
// the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version
// of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you
// don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404
// error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the
// x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker
// as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.
//
// You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy
// by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:
//
// x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist.
// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been
// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Cause: The specified copy source is not supported
// as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart
// upload.
DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value.
func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload {
s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v
return s
}
type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"AbortMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more
// information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type AccelerateConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
type AccessControlPolicy struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"}
if s.Grants != nil {
for i, v := range s.Grants {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// A container for information about access control for replicas.
type AccessControlTranslation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket
// replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
//
// Owner is a required field
Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"}
if s.Owner == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation {
s.Owner = &v
return s
}
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates in any combination,
// and an object must match all of the predicates for the filter to apply.
type AnalyticsAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object
// must have to be included in the metrics results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
type AnalyticsConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available
// to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
//
// StorageClassAnalysis is a required field
StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil {
if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.StorageClassAnalysis = v
return s
}
// Where to publish the analytics results.
type AnalyticsExportDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
//
// S3BucketDestination is a required field
S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"}
if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
}
if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination {
s.S3BucketDestination = v
return s
}
// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
type AnalyticsFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an
// analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// Contains information about where to publish the analytics results.
type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
//
// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
//
// Format is a required field
Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"`
// The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Format == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.BucketAccountId = &v
return s
}
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Format = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name
// is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts.
type Bucket struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Date the bucket was created.
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the bucket.
Name *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket {
s.CreationDate = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Container for logging status information.
type BucketLoggingStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"}
if s.LoggingEnabled != nil {
if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus {
s.LoggingEnabled = v
return s
}
// Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon
// S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type CORSConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
//
// CORSRules is a required field
CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"}
if s.CORSRules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules"))
}
if s.CORSRules != nil {
for i, v := range s.CORSRules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration {
s.CORSRules = v
return s
}
// Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type CORSRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header.
// These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to
// any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that
// are allowed.
AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET,
// PUT, HEAD, POST, and DELETE.
//
// AllowedMethods is a required field
AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
//
// AllowedOrigins is a required field
AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to
// access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest
// object).
ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response
// for the specified resource.
MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"}
if s.AllowedMethods == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods"))
}
if s.AllowedOrigins == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedHeaders = v
return s
}
// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedMethods = v
return s
}
// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedOrigins = v
return s
}
// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.ExposeHeaders = v
return s
}
// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule {
s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v
return s
}
// Describes how an uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input
// object is formatted.
type CSVInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and
// such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value
// to TRUE may lower performance.
AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the
// character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character
// to indicate a comment line.
Comments *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can
// specify an arbitrary delimiter.
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
//
// * NONE: First line is not a header.
//
// * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values
// to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such
// as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s).
//
// * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify
// a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT).
FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"`
// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
//
// Type: String
//
// Default: "
//
// Ancestors: CSV
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside
// an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed
// as " a , b ".
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead
// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput {
s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput {
s.Comments = &v
return s
}
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput {
s.FileHeaderInfo = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results
// are formatted.
type CSVOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify
// an arbitrary delimiter.
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already
// escaped value.
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
//
// * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields.
//
// * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed.
QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"`
// A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead
// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteFields = &v
return s
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events
// of the specified type.
CloudFunction *string `type:"string"`
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// Bucket events for which to send notifications.
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function
InvocationRole *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.CloudFunction = &v
return s
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.InvocationRole = &v
return s
}
// Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence
// of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act
// like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if
// the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july,
// the common prefix is notes/summer/.
type CommonPrefix struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the specified common prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The container for the multipart upload request information.
MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.MultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with
// different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is
// an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object
// data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will
// contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less
// than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
// date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The object key of the newly created object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The URI that identifies the newly created object.
Location *string `type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed
// encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart
// upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption
// algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning
// turned on.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Location = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The container for the completed multipart upload details.
type CompletedMultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Array of CompletedPart data types.
Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload {
s.Parts = v
return s
}
// Details of the parts that were uploaded.
type CompletedPart struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000.
PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
// redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
type Condition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error,
// if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied.
// Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals
// is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect
// to be applied.
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"`
// The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to
// redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html.
// To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will
// be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when
// the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
// is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for
// the redirect to be applied.
KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Condition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition {
s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition {
s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v
return s
}
type ContinuationEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
return msg, err
}
type CopyObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CopyObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// The name of the destination bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
// by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
//
// CopySource is a required field
CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
// ETag.
CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
// AES256).
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
// that was used when the source object was created.
CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// The key of the destination object.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced
// with metadata provided in the request.
MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"`
// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
// requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
// or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially
// supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request
// Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in
// conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL
// Query parameters.
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or
// replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CopySource == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySource = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.MetadataDirective = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.TaggingDirective = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CopyObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"`
// Container for all response elements.
CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"`
// Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version ID of the newly created copy.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.CopyObjectResult = v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Container for all response elements.
type CopyObjectResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the
// contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag
// is identical for a successfully copied object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Returns the date that the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// Container for all response elements.
type CopyPartResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag of the object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// The configuration information for the bucket.
type CreateBucketConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify
// a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration {
s.LocationConstraint = &v
return s
}
type CreateBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CreateBucketRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
// The name of the bucket to create.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The configuration information for the bucket.
CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.
ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput {
s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput {
s.ObjectLockEnabledForBucket = &v
return s
}
type CreateBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating
// a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need
// to specify the location.
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput {
s.Location = &v
return s
}
type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CreateMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for
// object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS
// KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring
// using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying
// the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/http:/docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
// name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates
// when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the
// ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`
// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
// the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
// incomplete multipart uploads.
AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.AbortDate = &v
return s
}
// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.AbortRuleId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings
// for new objects placed in the specified bucket.
type DefaultRetention struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed
// in the specified bucket.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`
// The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Years *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetYears sets the Years field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
s.Years = &v
return s
}
// Container for the objects to delete.
type Delete struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The objects to delete.
//
// Objects is a required field
Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element,
// you must set its value to true.
Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Delete) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Delete) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Delete) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"}
if s.Objects == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects"))
}
if s.Objects != nil {
for i, v := range s.Objects {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete {
s.Objects = v
return s
}
// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete {
s.Quiet = &v
return s
}
type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration
// to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket being deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Information about the delete marker.
type DeleteMarkerEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
// of an object.
IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The object key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Date and time the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The account that created the delete marker.>
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Version ID of an object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.IsLatest = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify
// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of
// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate
// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain
// only <Status>Disabled</Status>. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule
// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).
//
// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication
// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon
// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information,
// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).
type DeleteMarkerReplication struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
//
// In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers.
// The status must be Disabled.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions
// to process this operation.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// Key name of the object to delete.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
// delete enabled.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
// or was not (false) a delete marker.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE
// operation.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Delete"`
// The bucket name containing the objects to delete.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type
// Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this
// operation.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// Container for the request.
//
// Delete is a required field
Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
// delete enabled.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Delete == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete"))
}
if s.Delete != nil {
if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.Delete = v
return s
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that
// was successfully deleted.
Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Container for a failed delete operation that describes the object that Amazon
// S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.Deleted = v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Information about the deleted object.
type DeletedObject struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
// or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates
// whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
// If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header
// is the version ID of the object version deleted.
DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the deleted object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The version ID of the deleted object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results
// for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
type Destination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination
// bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership
// to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified
// in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account
// that owns the source object.
AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"`
// Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you
// direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns
// the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property,
// this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information,
// see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Account *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to
// store the results.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria
// is specified, you must specify this element.
EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling metrics
// and Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Must be specified
// together with a ReplicationTime block.
Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether
// S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects
// must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime `type:"structure"`
// The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or
// reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source
// object to create the object replica.
//
// For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
// action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Destination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Destination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Destination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Metrics != nil {
if err := s.Metrics.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Metrics", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.ReplicationTime != nil {
if err := s.ReplicationTime.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationTime", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination {
s.AccessControlTranslation = v
return s
}
// SetAccount sets the Account field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination {
s.Account = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination {
s.EncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetMetrics(v *Metrics) *Destination {
s.Metrics = v
return s
}
// SetReplicationTime sets the ReplicationTime field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetReplicationTime(v *ReplicationTime) *Destination {
s.ReplicationTime = v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
type Encryption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
//
// EncryptionType is a required field
EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify
// the encryption context for the restore results.
KMSContext *string `type:"string"`
// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of
// the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results.
// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric
// and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Encryption) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"}
if s.EncryptionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption {
s.EncryptionType = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption {
s.KMSContext = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies encryption-related information for an Amazon S3 bucket that is
// a destination for replicated objects.
type EncryptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer
// master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination
// bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only
// supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see Using
// Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration {
s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v
return s
}
// A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will
// be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client
// receives an EndEvent.
type EndEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *EndEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
return msg, err
}
// Container for all error elements.
type Error struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It
// is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors
// by type.
//
// Amazon S3 error codes
//
// * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403
// Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your AWS account
// that prevents the operation from completing successfully. Contact AWS
// Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource
// has been disabled. Contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status
// Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you
// provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header
// you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status
// Code: N/A
//
// * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match
// what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is
// not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system.
// Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create
// already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS
// Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility,
// if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North
// Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access
// control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North
// Virginia Region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is
// not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support
// credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging
// not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information
// to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than
// the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum
// allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates
// that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of
// bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires
// exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum
// allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please
// try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The AWS access key ID you provided
// does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous
// role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with
// the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not
// valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request
// you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location
// constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to
// Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The operation is not valid for
// the current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could
// not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified
// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending
// order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled.
// Please contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403
// Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does
// not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.
// HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an
// HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint
// only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not
// configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled
// on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot
// be enabled on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials
// are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified
// is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for
// logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate
// grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise
// invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed
// or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request
// is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed
// XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration.
// The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did
// not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad
// Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request
// fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the
// maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed
// against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected,
// but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length
// HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user
// sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request
// body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing
// a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required
// header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a
// logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist.
// HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not
// have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP
// Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration
// does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does
// not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might
// have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified
// in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404
// Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality
// that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the
// Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You
// can sign up at the following URL: https://aws.amazon.com/s3 HTTP Status
// Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional operation
// is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status
// Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to
// access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future
// requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions
// you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307
// Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already
// in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be
// of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server
// was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request
// time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent
// file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated
// does not match the signature you provided. Check your AWS secret access
// key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html)
// and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html)
// for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP
// Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code:
// 503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the
// bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more
// buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address
// you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain
// the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code *string `type:"string"`
// The error key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in
// English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the
// message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they
// don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more
// exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely
// to ignore the error message.
Message *string `type:"string"`
// The version ID of the error.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Error) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Error) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error {
s.Code = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error {
s.Message = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The error information.
type ErrorDocument struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more
// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
type ExistingObjectReplication struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExistingObjectReplication"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter
// on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
type FilterRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which
// the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping
// prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring
// Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"`
// The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAclRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput {
s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput {
s.CORSRules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration
// is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
// Specifies the inventory configuration.
InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput {
s.InventoryConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for a lifecycle rule.
Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for a lifecycle rule.
Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLocationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLocationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLocationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon
// S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region).
// Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null.
LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput {
s.LocationConstraint = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketLoggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the logging information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput {
s.LoggingEnabled = v
return s
}
type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
// Specifies the metrics configuration.
MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput {
s.MetricsConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
Policy *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput {
s.Policy = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyStatusInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PolicyStatus"`
// The policy status for the specified bucket.
PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput {
s.PolicyStatus = v
return s
}
type GetBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the replication information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput {
s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput {
s.Payer = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the tag set.
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
type GetBucketVersioningInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"`
// The versioning state of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
s.MFADelete = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.
ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
// The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html).
IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.ErrorDocument = v
return s
}
// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.IndexDocument = v
return s
}
// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
return s
}
// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.RoutingRules = v
return s
}
type GetObjectAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAclRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Key of the object to get.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified.
// Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
// the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
// (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35).
//
// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.
ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response
ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.
ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Language header of the response.
ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Type header of the response.
ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"`
// Sets the Expires header of the response.
ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Range = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseCacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseExpires = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to
// retrieve.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLegalHoldInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`
// The current Legal Hold status for the specified object.
LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput {
s.LegalHold = v
return s
}
type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`
// The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.
ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
// of a resource found at a URL.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
// encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
// Last modified date of the object
LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
//
// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only
// returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// The count of parts this object has.
PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
// Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either
// a source or destination in a replication rule.
ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
// of the restored object copy.
Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The number of tags, if any, on the object.
TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.AcceptRanges = &v
return s
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentRange = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.MissingMeta = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.PartsCount = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ReplicationStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Restore = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.TagCount = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectRetentionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to
// retrieve.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectRetentionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`
// The container element for an object's retention settings.
Retention *ObjectLockRetention `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput {
s.Retention = v
return s
}
type GetObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which to get the tagging information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the tag set.
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectTorrentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTorrentRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent
// files.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The object key for which to get the information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification
Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
// want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3
// bucket.
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput {
s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
return s
}
// Container for S3 Glacier job parameters.
type GlacierJobParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// S3 Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
//
// Tier is a required field
Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"}
if s.Tier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters {
s.Tier = &v
return s
}
// Container for grant information.
type Grant struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The person being granted permissions.
Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Grant) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grant) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grant) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"}
if s.Grantee != nil {
if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant {
s.Grantee = v
return s
}
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant {
s.Permission = &v
return s
}
// Container for the person being granted permissions.
type Grantee struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Screen name of the grantee.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// Email address of the grantee.
//
// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following
// AWS Regions:
//
// * US East (N. Virginia)
//
// * US West (N. California)
//
// * US West (Oregon)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Singapore)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Sydney)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
//
// * Europe (Ireland)
//
// * South America (São Paulo)
//
// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions
// and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The canonical user ID of the grantee.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Type of grantee
//
// Type is a required field
Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"`
// URI of the grantee group.
URI *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grantee) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"}
if s.Type == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee {
s.EmailAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// SetURI sets the URI field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee {
s.URI = &v
return s
}
type HeadBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"HeadBucketRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type HeadBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type HeadObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"HeadObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the object.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// The object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified.
// Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this
// object.
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
// the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
//
// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Range = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type HeadObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
// of a resource found at a URL.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
// encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
// Last modified date of the object
LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
//
// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission.
// This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never
// had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see
// Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
// For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// The count of parts this object has.
PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
// Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is
// either a source or destination in a replication rule.
//
// In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication
// and destination bucket where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request
// an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets,
// Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response
// as follows:
//
// * If requesting an object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return
// the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible
// for replication. For example, suppose that in your replication configuration,
// you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects
// with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix,
// for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any
// object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status
// header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication
// status.
//
// * If requesting an object from the destination bucket — Amazon S3 will
// return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object
// in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created.
//
// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER),
// the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in
// progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.
//
// If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon
// S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
//
// x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00
// GMT"
//
// If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true".
//
// For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects:
// General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations).
Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS
// customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response
// includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm
// used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
//
// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html).
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.AcceptRanges = &v
return s
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.MissingMeta = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.PartsCount = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ReplicationStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Restore = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
// Container for the Suffix element.
type IndexDocument struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website
// endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request
// to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object
// with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must
// not include a slash character.
//
// Suffix is a required field
Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"}
if s.Suffix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value.
func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument {
s.Suffix = &v
return s
}
// Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
type Initiator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the Principal.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If
// the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
ID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// Describes the serialization format of the object.
type InputSerialization struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default
// Value: NONE.
CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"`
// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization {
s.CSV = v
return s
}
// SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization {
s.CompressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization {
s.JSON = v
return s
}
// SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization {
s.Parquet = v
return s
}
// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see GET Bucket inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type InventoryConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
// the filter's criteria.
Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All, the list
// includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId,
// IsLatest, and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current, the list does
// not contain these version-related fields.
//
// IncludedObjectVersions is a required field
IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"`
// Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True, an
// inventory list is generated. If set to False, no inventory list is generated.
//
// IsEnabled is a required field
IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
// Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"`
// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
//
// Schedule is a required field
Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions"))
}
if s.IsEnabled == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled"))
}
if s.Schedule == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Schedule != nil {
if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v
return s
}
// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.IsEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.OptionalFields = v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Schedule = v
return s
}
// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type InventoryDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
// (optional) where inventory results are published.
//
// S3BucketDestination is a required field
S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"}
if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
}
if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination {
s.S3BucketDestination = v
return s
}
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
// results.
type InventoryEncryption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"}
if s.SSEKMS != nil {
if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption {
s.SSEKMS = v
return s
}
// SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption {
s.SSES3 = v
return s
}
// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
// the filter's criteria.
type InventoryFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
// (optional) where inventory results are published.
type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
//
// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
AccountId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will
// be published.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
// results.
Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
//
// Format is a required field
Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"`
// The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Format == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
}
if s.Encryption != nil {
if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.AccountId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Encryption = v
return s
}
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Format = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
type InventorySchedule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
//
// Frequency is a required field
Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"}
if s.Frequency == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule {
s.Frequency = &v
return s
}
// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
type JSONInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
type JSONOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value
// is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('\n').
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
type KeyFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for
// the filter rule.
FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value.
func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter {
s.FilterRules = v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For
// more information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3
// invokes when the specified event type occurs.
//
// LambdaFunctionArn is a required field
LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v
return s
}
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.
type LifecycleConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
type LifecycleExpiration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
// GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
// The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent
// versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false
// the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in
// a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.Date = &v
return s
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
type LifecycleRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date,
// days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"`
// Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when
// noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket
// is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action
// to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific
// storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is
// No longer used; use Filter instead.
//
// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
// If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
// is not currently being applied.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
// Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule {
s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
s.Expiration = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule {
s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule {
s.Transitions = v
return s
}
// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule
// to apply.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
type LifecycleRuleFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
// should begin.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration
// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// will be provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that
// there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include
// this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been
// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
// that Amazon S3 understands.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this
// inventory configuration list response.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// is provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
// NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
// request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.InventoryConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that
// has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated
// list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque
// value that Amazon S3 understands.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration
// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// will be provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been
// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
// that Amazon S3 understands.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.MetricsConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type ListBucketsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of buckets owned by the requestor.
Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"`
// The owner of the buckets listed.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput {
s.Buckets = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListMultipartUploadsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Character you use to group keys.
//
// All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and
// the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under
// a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix
// parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys
// that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere
// in the response.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload
// after which listing should begin.
//
// If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater
// than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.
//
// If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to
// the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have
// upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return
// in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be
// returned in a response.
MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"`
// Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified
// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping
// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
// use a folder in a file system.)
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing
// should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter
// is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker
// might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically
// greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.MaxUploads = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.UploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct
// key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct
// key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify
// a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
//
// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
// elements:
//
// Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A
// value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated
// if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified
// by max uploads.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The key at or after which the listing began.
KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the
// response.
MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
// used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
// used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified
// prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// Upload ID after which listing began.
UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response
// can contain zero or more Upload elements.
Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.MaxUploads = &v
return s
}
// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.NextKeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.UploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Uploads = v
return s
}
type ListObjectVersionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectVersionsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name that contains the objects.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that
// contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the
// delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These
// groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys
// are not returned elsewhere in the response.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria,
// but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains
// <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker
// and version-id-marker.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified
// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings
// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
// use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll
// up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.VersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Container for an object that is a delete marker.
DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that
// you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between
// the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a
// single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one
// result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
//
// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
// elements:
//
// KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
// satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make
// a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker
// response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the
// rest of the results.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.
KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker
// specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria.
// Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker
// specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search
// criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a
// subsequent request.
NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.
VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Container for version information.
Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.DeleteMarkers = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.NextKeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.VersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Versions = v
return s
}
type ListObjectsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the objects.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
// list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their
// requests.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
//
// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
// next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
// by Prefix.
//
// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
// the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Metadata about each object returned.
Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
// the MaxKeys value.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
// satisfied the search criteria.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response
// if it was sent with the request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response
// is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent
// request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical
// order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter
// specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated,
// you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the
// subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Contents = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.NextMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
type ListObjectsV2Input struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsV2Request" type:"structure"`
// Bucket name to list.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
// this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
// key.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return
// owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to
// true.
FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
// list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter
// in their requests.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
// listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.
StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.FetchOwner = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.StartAfter = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectsV2Output struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
//
// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
// next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
// by Prefix.
//
// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
// the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Metadata about each object returned.
Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
// the MaxKeys value.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
//
// If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this
// element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following
// response elements:
//
// Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys
// are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified
// by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will
// always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your
// result will include less than equals 50 keys
KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there
// are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to
// Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken
// is obfuscated and is not a real key
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
StartAfter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Contents = v
return s
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.KeyCount = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.StartAfter = &v
return s
}
type ListPartsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListPartsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"`
// Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher
// part numbers will be listed.
PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
s.MaxParts = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
s.PartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListPartsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
// name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when
// the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide
// the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`
// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
// applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
// incomplete multipart uploads.
AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If
// the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information
// as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides
// the user ARN and display name.
Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates
// that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts
// exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
// in a subsequent request.
NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created.
// If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the
// parent account ID and display name.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
// in a subsequent request.
PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain
// zero or more Part elements.
Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded
// object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput {
s.AbortDate = &v
return s
}
// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.AbortRuleId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Initiator = v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.MaxParts = &v
return s
}
// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.PartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Parts = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// Describes an Amazon S3 location that will receive the results of the restore
// request.
type Location struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
//
// BucketName is a required field
BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
// The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The class of storage used to store the restore results.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"`
// A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Location) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Location) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Location) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"}
if s.BucketName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName"))
}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if s.AccessControlList != nil {
for i, v := range s.AccessControlList {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Encryption != nil {
if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value.
func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location {
s.AccessControlList = v
return s
}
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location {
s.BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value.
func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location {
s.CannedACL = &v
return s
}
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location {
s.Encryption = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location {
s.UserMetadata = v
return s
}
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type LoggingEnabled struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs.
// You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the
// same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets
// to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should
// choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered
// log files can be distinguished by key.
//
// TargetBucket is a required field
TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for granting information.
TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon
// S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which
// log files came from which bucket.
//
// TargetPrefix is a required field
TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"}
if s.TargetBucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket"))
}
if s.TargetPrefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix"))
}
if s.TargetGrants != nil {
for i, v := range s.TargetGrants {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetBucket = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetGrants = v
return s
}
// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetPrefix = &v
return s
}
// A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
type MetadataEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the Object.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// Value of the Object.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling metrics
// and Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Must be specified
// together with a ReplicationTime block.
type Metrics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold
// event.
//
// EventThreshold is a required field
EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MetricsStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Metrics) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Metrics) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Metrics) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Metrics"}
if s.EventThreshold == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EventThreshold"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEventThreshold sets the EventThreshold field's value.
func (s *Metrics) SetEventThreshold(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *Metrics {
s.EventThreshold = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Metrics) SetStatus(v string) *Metrics {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
type MetricsAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified
// by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating
// an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of
// the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you
// want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PUT Bucket metrics
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type MetricsConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will
// only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a
// prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only
// includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix,
// a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
type MetricsFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object.
type MultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload {
s.Initiated = &v
return s
}
// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload {
s.Initiator = v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration {
s.NoncurrentDays = &v
return s
}
// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER,
// or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
// GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
// lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
s.NoncurrentDays = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
type NotificationConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to
// invoke them.
LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events
// for which to publish messages.
QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications
// are generated.
TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"}
if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.QueueConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.TopicConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v
return s
}
// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.QueueConfigurations = v
return s
}
// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.TopicConfigurations = v
return s
}
type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration
// for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue
// when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
// This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration
// for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
// SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.QueueConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.TopicConfiguration = v
return s
}
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter {
s.Key = v
return s
}
// An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
type Object struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to
// the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an
// MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object
// was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
//
// * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
// through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 or plaintext,
// have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data.
//
// * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
// through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C or SSE-KMS,
// have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data.
//
// * If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy
// operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of
// encryption.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve
// the object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The date the Object was Last Modified
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The owner of the object
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Size in bytes of the object
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Object) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Object) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects.
type ObjectIdentifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Key name of the object to delete.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters.
type ObjectLockConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled.
ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"`
// The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object.
Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
s.ObjectLockEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetRule sets the Rule field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
s.Rule = v
return s
}
// A Legal Hold configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockLegalHold struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A Retention configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockRetention struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`
// The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention {
s.RetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// The container element for an Object Lock rule.
type ObjectLockRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed
// in the specified bucket.
DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule {
s.DefaultRetention = v
return s
}
// The version of an object.
type ObjectVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
// of an object.
IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The object key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Date and time the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the owner of the object.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Size in bytes of the object.
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"`
// Version ID of an object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion {
s.IsLatest = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
type OutputLocation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
S3 *Location `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"}
if s.S3 != nil {
if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation {
s.S3 = v
return s
}
// Describes how results of the Select job are serialized.
type OutputSerialization struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization {
s.CSV = v
return s
}
// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization {
s.JSON = v
return s
}
// Container for the owner's display name and ID.
type Owner struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the display name of the owner.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// Container for the ID of the owner.
ID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Owner) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Owner) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// Container for Parquet.
type ParquetInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Container for elements related to a part.
type Part struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and
// 10,000.
PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Part) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Part) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// The container element for a bucket's policy status.
type PolicyStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public.
// FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public.
IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value.
func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus {
s.IsPublic = &v
return s
}
// This data type contains information about progress of an operation.
type Progress struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`
// The current number of bytes of records payload data returned.
BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`
// The current number of object bytes scanned.
BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Progress) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Progress) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesProcessed = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesReturned = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesScanned = &v
return s
}
// This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation.
type ProgressEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`
// The Progress event details.
Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent {
s.Details = v
return s
}
// The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ProgressEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
var buf bytes.Buffer
if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil {
return eventstream.Message{}, err
}
msg.Payload = buf.Bytes()
return msg, err
}
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs)
// for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE
// causes the following behavior:
//
// * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is
// public.
//
// * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
//
// * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this
// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to
// PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and
// objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to
// ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs
// and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this
// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only
// AWS services and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a
// public policy.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except
// that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including
// non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.BlockPublicAcls = &v
return s
}
// SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.BlockPublicPolicy = &v
return s
}
// SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.IgnorePublicAcls = &v
return s
}
// SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.RestrictPublicBuckets = &v
return s
}
type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"`
// Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.
//
// AccelerateConfiguration is a required field
AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration"))
}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.AccelerateConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The bucket to which to apply the ACL.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.AccessControlPolicy = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
//
// AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field
AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration"))
}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"`
// Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon
// S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// CORSConfiguration is a required field
CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CORSConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration"))
}
if s.CORSConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput {
s.CORSConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`
// Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with
// Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS
// (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature,
// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
//
// ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"))
}
if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the inventory configuration.
//
// InventoryConfiguration is a required field
InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration"))
}
if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.InventoryConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.
LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLoggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"`
// The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for logging status information.
//
// BucketLoggingStatus is a required field
BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus"))
}
if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil {
if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
s.BucketLoggingStatus = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the metrics configuration.
//
// MetricsConfiguration is a required field
MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration"))
}
if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.MetricsConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
//
// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
s.NotificationConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketNotificationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The container for the configuration.
//
// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
s.NotificationConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions
// to change this bucket policy in the future.
ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"`
// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
//
// Policy is a required field
Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Policy == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v
return s
}
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.Policy = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
//
// ReplicationConfiguration is a required field
ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration"))
}
if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.Token = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for Payer.
//
// RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field
RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration"))
}
if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.
//
// Tagging is a required field
Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Tagging == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketVersioningInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Container for setting the versioning state.
//
// VersioningConfiguration is a required field
VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.VersioningConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the request.
//
// WebsiteConfiguration is a required field
WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration"))
}
if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
s.WebsiteConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutObjectAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the
// ACL.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.AccessControlPolicy = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
// Bucket name to which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For
// more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9).
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1).
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11).
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
// body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13).
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers)
// according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check
// to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although
// it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end
// integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication,
// see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html).
ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17).
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21).
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information
// about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for
// the object.
//
// If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms, this header specifies
// the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for
// the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not
// providex-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the AWS
// managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// If you don't specify, S3 Standard is the default storage class. Amazon S3
// supports other storage classes.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
// (For example, "Key1=Value1")
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object
// metadata, see Object Key and Metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html).
//
// In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object
// (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
//
// x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
//
// In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to
// another website:
//
// x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
//
// For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites
// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html)
// and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html).
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`
// The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold
// on.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the
// specified object.
LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLegalHoldInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.LegalHold = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`
// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Token = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration),
// the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id
// key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value
// of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master
// key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response
// includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3
// used to encrypt the object.
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectRetentionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`
// The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectRetentionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Retention = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
// The bucket name containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements
//
// Tagging is a required field
Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.Tagging == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
// want to set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `locationName:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue
// Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
type QueueConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
//
// QueueArn is a required field
QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.QueueArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.QueueArn = &v
return s
}
// This data type is deprecated. Use QueueConfiguration for the same purposes.
// This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an
// Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified
// events.
type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Queue *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Queue = &v
return s
}
// The container for the records event.
type RecordsEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`
// The byte array of partial, one or more result records.
//
// Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
Payload []byte `type:"blob"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPayload sets the Payload field's value.
func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent {
s.Payload = v
return s
}
// The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload))
copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload)
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *RecordsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
msg.Headers.Set(":content-type", eventstream.StringValue("application/octet-stream"))
msg.Payload = s.Payload
return msg, err
}
// Specifies how requests are redirected. In the event of an error, you can
// specify a different error code to return.
type Redirect struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The host name to use in the redirect request.
HostName *string `type:"string"`
// The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the
// siblings is present.
HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"`
// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
// is used in the original request.
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
// The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect
// requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to
// documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/
// and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required
// if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith
// is not provided.
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"`
// The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect
// request to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can
// be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect {
s.HostName = &v
return s
}
// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect {
s.HttpRedirectCode = &v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect {
s.Protocol = &v
return s
}
// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect {
s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v
return s
}
// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect {
s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the host where requests are redirected.
//
// HostName is a required field
HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
// is used in the original request.
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"}
if s.HostName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
s.HostName = &v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
s.Protocol = &v
return s
}
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
type ReplicationConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information,
// see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Role is a required field
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration
// must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"}
if s.Role == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas.
type ReplicationRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify
// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of
// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate
// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain
// only <Status>Disabled</Status>. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule
// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).
//
// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication
// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon
// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information,
// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).
DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"`
// A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations
// including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more
// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"`
// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"`
// A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which
// the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include
// all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string.
//
// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
// The priority associated with the rule. If you specify multiple rules in a
// replication configuration, Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts
// when filtering. If two or more rules identify the same object based on a
// specified filter, the rule with higher priority takes precedence. For example:
//
// * Same object quality prefix-based filter criteria if prefixes you specified
// in multiple rules overlap
//
// * Same object qualify tag-based filter criteria specified in multiple
// rules
//
// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Priority *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
// objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
// replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
// that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the rule is enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.ExistingObjectReplication != nil {
if err := s.ExistingObjectReplication.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ExistingObjectReplication", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil {
if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule {
s.DeleteMarkerReplication = v
return s
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule {
s.ExistingObjectReplication = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule {
s.Priority = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule {
s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
// specify more than one filter.
//
// For example:
//
// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
// an And tag.
//
// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
// in an And tag
type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
// the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// An array of tags containing key and value pairs.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
type ReplicationRuleFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
// specify more than one filter. For example:
//
// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
// an And tag.
//
// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
// in an And tag.
And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
// the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// A container for specifying a tag key and value.
//
// The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related information,
// including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations
// on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics
// block.
type ReplicationTime struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationTimeStatus"`
// A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for
// all objects and operations on objects.
//
// Time is a required field
Time *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTime) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTime) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationTime) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationTime"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Time == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTime) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTime {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTime sets the Time field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTime) SetTime(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *ReplicationTime {
s.Time = v
return s
}
// A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3
// RTC) and replication metrics EventThreshold.
type ReplicationTimeValue struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
//
// Valid values: 15 minutes.
Minutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTimeValue) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTimeValue) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMinutes sets the Minutes field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes(v int64) *ReplicationTimeValue {
s.Minutes = &v
return s
}
// Container for Payer.
type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
//
// Payer is a required field
Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"}
if s.Payer == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration {
s.Payer = &v
return s
}
// Container for specifying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent.
type RequestProgress struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values:
// TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress {
s.Enabled = &v
return s
}
type RestoreObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"RestoreObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"`
// The bucket name or containing the object to restore.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Container for restore job parameters.
RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.RestoreRequest != nil {
if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.RestoreRequest = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type RestoreObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results
// will be restored to.
RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
s.RestoreOutputPath = &v
return s
}
// Container for restore job parameters.
type RestoreRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify
// OutputLocation.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The optional description for the job.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores
// that specify OutputLocation.
GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"`
// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`
// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`
// S3 Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"`
// Type of restore request.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"}
if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil {
if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.OutputLocation != nil {
if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.SelectParameters != nil {
if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest {
s.GlacierJobParameters = v
return s
}
// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest {
s.OutputLocation = v
return s
}
// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest {
s.SelectParameters = v
return s
}
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Tier = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied.
type RoutingRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
// redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
Condition *Condition `type:"structure"`
// Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another
// host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error,
// you can specify a different error code to return.
//
// Redirect is a required field
Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"}
if s.Redirect == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule {
s.Condition = v
return s
}
// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule {
s.Redirect = v
return s
}
// Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlifecycle.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. For examples, see Put
// Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html#API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration_Examples)
type Rule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER,
// or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
// GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
// lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"`
// Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule
// applies.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// If Enabled, the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled, the rule is
// not currently being applied.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
// Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more
// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning
// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Transition *Transition `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Rule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Rule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Rule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule {
s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule {
s.Expiration = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule {
s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule {
s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule {
s.Transition = v
return s
}
// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
type SSEKMS struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer
// managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
//
// KeyId is a required field
KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"}
if s.KeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
type SSES3 struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record
// is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter
// is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section
// 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
type ScanRange struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values:
// non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the
// object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted
// to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange>
// means scan the last 50 bytes.
End *int64 `type:"long"`
// Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid
// values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied,
// it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange>
// means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file.
Start *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ScanRange) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ScanRange) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
func (s *ScanRange) SetEnd(v int64) *ScanRange {
s.End = &v
return s
}
// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
func (s *ScanRange) SetStart(v int64) *ScanRange {
s.Start = &v
return s
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream
// events writes for SelectObjectContentEventStream.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface {
eventSelectObjectContentEventStream()
eventstreamapi.Marshaler
eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading to the stream. The
// default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStreamData.
//
// The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
// * SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface {
// Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream.
Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent
// Close will stop the reader reading events from the stream.
Close() error
// Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream.
Err() error
}
type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader
stream chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent
err *eventstreamapi.OnceError
done chan struct{}
closeOnce sync.Once
}
func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream {
r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{
eventReader: eventReader,
stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent),
done: make(chan struct{}),
err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(),
}
go r.readEventStream()
return r
}
// Close will close the underlying event stream reader.
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error {
r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose)
return r.Err()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} {
return r.err.ErrorSet()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Closed() <-chan struct{} {
return r.done
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() {
close(r.done)
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
return r.err.Err()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
return r.stream
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() {
defer r.Close()
defer close(r.stream)
for {
event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent()
if err != nil {
if err == io.EOF {
return
}
select {
case <-r.done:
// If closed already ignore the error
return
default:
}
if _, ok := err.(*eventstreamapi.UnknownMessageTypeError); ok {
continue
}
r.err.SetError(err)
return
}
select {
case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent):
case <-r.done:
return
}
}
}
type unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent struct {
metadata protocol.ResponseMetadata
}
func (u unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent) UnmarshalerForEventName(eventType string) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) {
switch eventType {
case "Cont":
return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil
case "End":
return &EndEvent{}, nil
case "Progress":
return &ProgressEvent{}, nil
case "Records":
return &RecordsEvent{}, nil
case "Stats":
return &StatsEvent{}, nil
default:
return &SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent{Type: eventType}, nil
}
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent provides a failsafe event for the
// SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events when an unknown event is received.
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent struct {
Type string
Message eventstream.Message
}
// The SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// group of events.
func (s *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (
msg eventstream.Message, err error,
) {
return e.Message.Clone(), nil
}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the SelectObjectContentEventStreamData value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
e.Message = msg.Clone()
return nil
}
// Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured
// Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression,
// you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object.
// Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records
// that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization
// format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html).
type SelectObjectContentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The S3 bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The expression that is used to query the object.
//
// Expression is a required field
Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
//
// ExpressionType is a required field
ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`
// Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
//
// InputSerialization is a required field
InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
//
// OutputSerialization is a required field
OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"`
// The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see Server-Side
// Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption (Using
// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption
// (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record
// is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter
// is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section
// 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
//
// ScanRangemay be used in the following ways:
//
// * <scanrange><start>50</start><end>100</end></scanrange> - process only
// the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting
// from zero)
//
// * <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange> - process only the records
// starting after the byte 50
//
// * <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange> - process only the records within
// the last 50 bytes of the file.
ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Expression == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
}
if s.ExpressionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
}
if s.InputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.ExpressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.InputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.OutputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.RequestProgress = v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetScanRange sets the ScanRange field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange(v *ScanRange) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.ScanRange = v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type SelectObjectContentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`
EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput {
s.EventStream = v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetEventStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
return s.EventStream
}
// GetStream returns the type to interact with the event stream.
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
return s.EventStream
}
// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
type SelectParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The expression that is used to query the object.
//
// Expression is a required field
Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
//
// ExpressionType is a required field
ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`
// Describes the serialization format of the object.
//
// InputSerialization is a required field
InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
//
// OutputSerialization is a required field
OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"}
if s.Expression == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
}
if s.ExpressionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
}
if s.InputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
}
if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters {
s.ExpressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
s.InputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
s.OutputSerialization = v
return s
}
// Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
// bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption,
// this default encryption will be applied. For more information, see PUT Bucket
// encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default
// encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set
// to aws:kms.
//
// You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
// However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must
// use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see Using encryption
// for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy).
//
// For example:
//
// * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
//
// * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
//
// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more
// information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
//
// SSEAlgorithm is a required field
SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"}
if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
s.SSEAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration
// rule.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration.
type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
// bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption,
// this default encryption will be applied.
ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"}
if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil {
if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule {
s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v
return s
}
// A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
// objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
// replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
// that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
type SourceSelectionCriteria struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects
// encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication
// configuration, this element is required.
SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"}
if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil {
if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria {
s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v
return s
}
// A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted
// with AWS KMS.
type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption
// using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Container for the stats details.
type Stats struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`
// The total number of bytes of records payload data returned.
BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`
// The total number of object bytes scanned.
BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Stats) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Stats) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesProcessed = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesReturned = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesScanned = &v
return s
}
// Container for the Stats Event.
type StatsEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`
// The Stats event details.
Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent {
s.Details = v
return s
}
// The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *StatsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
var buf bytes.Buffer
if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil {
return eventstream.Message{}, err
}
msg.Payload = buf.Bytes()
return msg, err
}
// Specifies data related to access patterns to be collected and made available
// to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes for an Amazon
// S3 bucket.
type StorageClassAnalysis struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3
// bucket should be exported.
DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"}
if s.DataExport != nil {
if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis {
s.DataExport = v
return s
}
// Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3
// bucket for export.
type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The place to store the data for an analysis.
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1.
//
// OutputSchemaVersion is a required field
OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v
return s
}
// A container of a key value name pair.
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Value of the tag.
//
// Value is a required field
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Tag) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.Value == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// Container for TagSet elements.
type Tagging struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A collection for a set of tags
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tagging) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"}
if s.TagSet == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet"))
}
if s.TagSet != nil {
for i, v := range s.TagSet {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
// Container for granting information.
type TargetGrant struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the person being granted permissions.
Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket.
Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"}
if s.Grantee != nil {
if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant {
s.Grantee = v
return s
}
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant {
s.Permission = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3
// detects specified events.
type TopicConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information,
// see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
//
// TopicArn is a required field
TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.TopicArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.TopicArn = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3
// detects specified events. This data type is deprecated. Use TopicConfiguration
// instead.
type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// A collection of events related to objects
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the
// specified events for the bucket.
Topic *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Topic = &v
return s
}
// Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more
// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning
// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type Transition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The
// date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned
// to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Transition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Transition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition {
s.Date = &v
return s
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
type UploadPartCopyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartCopyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
// by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
//
// CopySource is a required field
CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
// ETag.
CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use
// the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte
// offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the
// first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object
// is greater than 5 MB.
CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
// AES256).
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
// that was used when the source object was created.
CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and
// 10,000.
//
// PartNumber is a required field
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
// upload request.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CopySource == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.PartNumber == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySource = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceRange = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type UploadPartCopyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"`
// Container for all response elements.
CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"`
// The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning
// on the source bucket.
CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.CopyPartResult = v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
type UploadPartInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
// body cannot be determined automatically.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is
// auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required
// if object lock parameters are specified.
ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1
// and 10,000.
//
// PartNumber is a required field
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
// upload request.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.PartNumber == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.ContentMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type UploadPartOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type VersioningConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"`
// The versioning state of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
s.MFADelete = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type WebsiteConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the error document for the website.
ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
// The name of the index document for the website.
IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
// The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.
//
// If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.
RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"}
if s.ErrorDocument != nil {
if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.IndexDocument != nil {
if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil {
if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.RoutingRules != nil {
for i, v := range s.RoutingRules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.ErrorDocument = v
return s
}
// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.IndexDocument = v
return s
}
// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
return s
}
// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.RoutingRules = v
return s
}
const (
// AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value
AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV"
)
// AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values returns all elements of the AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum
func AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values() []string {
return []string{
AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv,
}
}
const (
// BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
// BucketAccelerateStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketAccelerateStatus enum
func BucketAccelerateStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled,
BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended,
}
}
const (
// BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private"
// BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
// BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
// BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
)
// BucketCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the BucketCannedACL enum
func BucketCannedACL_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketCannedACLPrivate,
BucketCannedACLPublicRead,
BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite,
BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead,
}
}
const (
// BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 = "af-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 = "ap-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 = "ap-northeast-3"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 = "ca-central-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 = "cn-northwest-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 = "eu-north-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 = "eu-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 = "eu-west-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 = "eu-west-3"
// BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 = "me-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 = "us-east-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 = "us-gov-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 = "us-gov-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2"
)
// BucketLocationConstraint_Values returns all elements of the BucketLocationConstraint enum
func BucketLocationConstraint_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintApEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3,
BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2,
BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1,
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1,
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1,
BucketLocationConstraintEu,
BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3,
BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2,
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2,
}
}
const (
// BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
// BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ"
// BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE"
)
// BucketLogsPermission_Values returns all elements of the BucketLogsPermission enum
func BucketLogsPermission_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketLogsPermissionFullControl,
BucketLogsPermissionRead,
BucketLogsPermissionWrite,
}
}
const (
// BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
// BucketVersioningStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketVersioningStatus enum
func BucketVersioningStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketVersioningStatusEnabled,
BucketVersioningStatusSuspended,
}
}
const (
// CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeNone = "NONE"
// CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP"
// CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2"
)
// CompressionType_Values returns all elements of the CompressionType enum
func CompressionType_Values() []string {
return []string{
CompressionTypeNone,
CompressionTypeGzip,
CompressionTypeBzip2,
}
}
const (
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum
func DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled,
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled,
}
}
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
const (
// EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value
EncodingTypeUrl = "url"
)
// EncodingType_Values returns all elements of the EncodingType enum
func EncodingType_Values() []string {
return []string{
EncodingTypeUrl,
}
}
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
const (
// EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value
EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"
// EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload"
// EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*"
// EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete"
// EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"
// EventS3ObjectRestore is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestore = "s3:ObjectRestore:*"
// EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post"
// EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed"
// EventS3Replication is a Event enum value
EventS3Replication = "s3:Replication:*"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication = "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked = "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
)
// Event_Values returns all elements of the Event enum
func Event_Values() []string {
return []string{
EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject,
EventS3ObjectCreated,
EventS3ObjectCreatedPut,
EventS3ObjectCreatedPost,
EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy,
EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload,
EventS3ObjectRemoved,
EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete,
EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated,
EventS3ObjectRestore,
EventS3ObjectRestorePost,
EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted,
EventS3Replication,
EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication,
EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked,
EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold,
EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold,
}
}
const (
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum
func ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled,
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ExpirationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExpirationStatus enum
func ExpirationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExpirationStatusEnabled,
ExpirationStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value
ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL"
)
// ExpressionType_Values returns all elements of the ExpressionType enum
func ExpressionType_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExpressionTypeSql,
}
}
const (
// FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE"
// FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE"
// FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE"
)
// FileHeaderInfo_Values returns all elements of the FileHeaderInfo enum
func FileHeaderInfo_Values() []string {
return []string{
FileHeaderInfoUse,
FileHeaderInfoIgnore,
FileHeaderInfoNone,
}
}
const (
// FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value
FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix"
// FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value
FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix"
)
// FilterRuleName_Values returns all elements of the FilterRuleName enum
func FilterRuleName_Values() []string {
return []string{
FilterRuleNamePrefix,
FilterRuleNameSuffix,
}
}
const (
// InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV"
// InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC"
// InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet"
)
// InventoryFormat_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFormat enum
func InventoryFormat_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryFormatCsv,
InventoryFormatOrc,
InventoryFormatParquet,
}
}
const (
// InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value
InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily"
// InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value
InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly"
)
// InventoryFrequency_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFrequency enum
func InventoryFrequency_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryFrequencyDaily,
InventoryFrequencyWeekly,
}
}
const (
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All"
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current"
)
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values returns all elements of the InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum
func InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll,
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent,
}
}
const (
// InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size"
// InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate"
// InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass"
// InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag"
// InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded"
// InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier = "IntelligentTieringAccessTier"
)
// InventoryOptionalField_Values returns all elements of the InventoryOptionalField enum
func InventoryOptionalField_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryOptionalFieldSize,
InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate,
InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass,
InventoryOptionalFieldEtag,
InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded,
InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier,
}
}
const (
// JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value
JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"
// JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value
JSONTypeLines = "LINES"
)
// JSONType_Values returns all elements of the JSONType enum
func JSONType_Values() []string {
return []string{
JSONTypeDocument,
JSONTypeLines,
}
}
const (
// MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value
MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled"
// MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value
MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MFADelete_Values returns all elements of the MFADelete enum
func MFADelete_Values() []string {
return []string{
MFADeleteEnabled,
MFADeleteDisabled,
}
}
const (
// MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MFADeleteStatus_Values returns all elements of the MFADeleteStatus enum
func MFADeleteStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
MFADeleteStatusEnabled,
MFADeleteStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value
MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
// MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value
MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
// MetadataDirective_Values returns all elements of the MetadataDirective enum
func MetadataDirective_Values() []string {
return []string{
MetadataDirectiveCopy,
MetadataDirectiveReplace,
}
}
const (
// MetricsStatusEnabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
MetricsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// MetricsStatusDisabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
MetricsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MetricsStatus_Values returns all elements of the MetricsStatus enum
func MetricsStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
MetricsStatusEnabled,
MetricsStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"
// ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
// ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
// ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
// ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"
// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"
// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
)
// ObjectCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the ObjectCannedACL enum
func ObjectCannedACL_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectCannedACLPrivate,
ObjectCannedACLPublicRead,
ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite,
ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead,
ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead,
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead,
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value
ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled"
)
// ObjectLockEnabled_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockEnabled enum
func ObjectLockEnabled_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockEnabledEnabled,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON"
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF"
)
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum
func ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn,
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"
// ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
// ObjectLockMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockMode enum
func ObjectLockMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockModeGovernance,
ObjectLockModeCompliance,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"
// ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
// ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockRetentionMode enum
func ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance,
ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance,
}
}
const (
// ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
// ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
// ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// ObjectStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectStorageClass enum
func ObjectStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectStorageClassStandard,
ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy,
ObjectStorageClassGlacier,
ObjectStorageClassStandardIa,
ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa,
ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering,
ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value
ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
)
// ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectVersionStorageClass enum
func ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard,
}
}
const (
// OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value
OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination"
)
// OwnerOverride_Values returns all elements of the OwnerOverride enum
func OwnerOverride_Values() []string {
return []string{
OwnerOverrideDestination,
}
}
const (
// PayerRequester is a Payer enum value
PayerRequester = "Requester"
// PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value
PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner"
)
// Payer_Values returns all elements of the Payer enum
func Payer_Values() []string {
return []string{
PayerRequester,
PayerBucketOwner,
}
}
const (
// PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
// PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
PermissionWrite = "WRITE"
// PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"
// PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
PermissionRead = "READ"
// PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
)
// Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum
func Permission_Values() []string {
return []string{
PermissionFullControl,
PermissionWrite,
PermissionWriteAcp,
PermissionRead,
PermissionReadAcp,
}
}
const (
// ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value
ProtocolHttp = "http"
// ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value
ProtocolHttps = "https"
)
// Protocol_Values returns all elements of the Protocol enum
func Protocol_Values() []string {
return []string{
ProtocolHttp,
ProtocolHttps,
}
}
const (
// QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value
QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS"
// QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value
QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED"
)
// QuoteFields_Values returns all elements of the QuoteFields enum
func QuoteFields_Values() []string {
return []string{
QuoteFieldsAlways,
QuoteFieldsAsneeded,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ReplicationRuleStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationRuleStatus enum
func ReplicationRuleStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled,
ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"
// ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING"
// ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED"
// ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
)
// ReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationStatus enum
func ReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationStatusComplete,
ReplicationStatusPending,
ReplicationStatusFailed,
ReplicationStatusReplica,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ReplicationTimeStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationTimeStatus enum
func ReplicationTimeStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled,
ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled,
}
}
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
const (
// RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value
RequestChargedRequester = "requester"
)
// RequestCharged_Values returns all elements of the RequestCharged enum
func RequestCharged_Values() []string {
return []string{
RequestChargedRequester,
}
}
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
const (
// RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value
RequestPayerRequester = "requester"
)
// RequestPayer_Values returns all elements of the RequestPayer enum
func RequestPayer_Values() []string {
return []string{
RequestPayerRequester,
}
}
const (
// RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value
RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT"
)
// RestoreRequestType_Values returns all elements of the RestoreRequestType enum
func RestoreRequestType_Values() []string {
return []string{
RestoreRequestTypeSelect,
}
}
const (
// ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256"
// ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms"
)
// ServerSideEncryption_Values returns all elements of the ServerSideEncryption enum
func ServerSideEncryption_Values() []string {
return []string{
ServerSideEncryptionAes256,
ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms,
}
}
const (
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values returns all elements of the SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum
func SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled,
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
// StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
// StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// StorageClass_Values returns all elements of the StorageClass enum
func StorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
StorageClassStandard,
StorageClassReducedRedundancy,
StorageClassStandardIa,
StorageClassOnezoneIa,
StorageClassIntelligentTiering,
StorageClassGlacier,
StorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value
StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1"
)
// StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values returns all elements of the StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum
func StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values() []string {
return []string{
StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1,
}
}
const (
// TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value
TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
// TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value
TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
// TaggingDirective_Values returns all elements of the TaggingDirective enum
func TaggingDirective_Values() []string {
return []string{
TaggingDirectiveCopy,
TaggingDirectiveReplace,
}
}
const (
// TierStandard is a Tier enum value
TierStandard = "Standard"
// TierBulk is a Tier enum value
TierBulk = "Bulk"
// TierExpedited is a Tier enum value
TierExpedited = "Expedited"
)
// Tier_Values returns all elements of the Tier enum
func Tier_Values() []string {
return []string{
TierStandard,
TierBulk,
TierExpedited,
}
}
const (
// TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// TransitionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the TransitionStorageClass enum
func TransitionStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
TransitionStorageClassGlacier,
TransitionStorageClassStandardIa,
TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa,
TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering,
TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"
// TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"
// TypeGroup is a Type enum value
TypeGroup = "Group"
)
// Type_Values returns all elements of the Type enum
func Type_Values() []string {
return []string{
TypeCanonicalUser,
TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail,
TypeGroup,
}
}